1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
51 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
58 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
59 There are four types of entry:
61 (1) an absolute address
62 requires: abfd == NULL
65 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
66 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
67 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
69 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
70 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
74 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
75 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
78 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
80 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
81 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
85 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
87 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
88 that should be added to the symbol value. */
90 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
91 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
92 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
93 otherwise it is in the global area. */
94 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
97 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
98 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
99 unsigned char tls_type
;
101 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
102 and created the associated relocations. */
103 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
105 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
106 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
107 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
111 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
112 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
114 struct mips_got_page_range
116 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
117 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
118 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
121 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
122 relocations against a given symbol. */
123 struct mips_got_page_entry
125 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
127 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
129 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
130 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
131 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
135 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
139 /* The number of global .got entries. */
140 unsigned int global_gotno
;
141 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
142 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
143 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
144 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
145 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
146 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
147 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
148 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
149 unsigned int local_gotno
;
150 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
151 unsigned int page_gotno
;
152 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
154 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
155 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
156 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
157 struct htab
*got_entries
;
158 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
159 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
160 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
161 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
162 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
165 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
167 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
169 /* The output bfd. */
171 /* The link information. */
172 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
173 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
174 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
176 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
177 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
179 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
180 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
182 unsigned int max_count
;
183 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
184 unsigned int max_pages
;
185 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
186 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
187 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
189 unsigned int global_count
;
192 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
193 when laying out the GOT. */
195 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
197 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
198 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
202 struct _mips_elf_section_data
204 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
211 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
212 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
214 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
215 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
216 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
217 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
219 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
220 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
221 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
222 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
223 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
224 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
226 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
227 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
228 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
229 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
230 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
233 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
234 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
235 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
237 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
240 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
241 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
244 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
246 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
250 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
252 to a separate trampoline section.
254 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
255 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
256 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
257 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
258 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
259 asection
*stub_section
;
261 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
264 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
265 in H->root.root.u.def. */
266 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
269 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
271 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
272 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
273 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
274 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
275 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
276 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
277 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
278 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
279 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
281 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
282 the dynamic symbols. */
284 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
286 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
288 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
289 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
290 symbol with a GOT entry. */
291 long min_got_dynindx
;
292 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
293 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
294 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
295 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
296 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
297 symbol without a GOT entry. */
298 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
301 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
302 the global hash table. */
304 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
306 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
308 /* External symbol information. */
311 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
312 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
314 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
316 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
318 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
319 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
322 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
323 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
326 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
327 being called returns a floating point value. */
328 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
330 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
331 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
333 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
334 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
335 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
336 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
338 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
339 is against a readonly section. */
340 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
342 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
343 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
344 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
345 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
347 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
348 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
349 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
350 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
351 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
353 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
354 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
355 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
357 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
358 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
359 la25 stub is required. */
360 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
362 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
363 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
364 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
367 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
369 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
371 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
373 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
374 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
376 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
377 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
379 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
380 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
381 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
383 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
384 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
386 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
387 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
389 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
390 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
392 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
393 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
395 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
396 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
398 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
409 /* The master GOT information. */
410 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
412 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
414 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
416 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
417 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
419 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
420 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
422 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
423 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
425 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
426 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
428 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
429 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
431 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
432 See the comment above that structure for details. */
433 asection
*strampoline
;
435 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
439 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
440 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
441 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
442 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
444 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
446 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
449 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
451 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
452 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
453 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
455 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
456 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
458 /* The usual link-wide information. */
459 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
462 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
466 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
468 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
470 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
471 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
473 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
476 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
477 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
480 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
482 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
483 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
485 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
486 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
487 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
488 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
489 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
490 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
491 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
492 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
493 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
494 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
495 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
496 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
497 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
498 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
499 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
500 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
501 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
502 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
503 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
504 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
505 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
506 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
507 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
508 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
509 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
510 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
511 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
512 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
514 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
519 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
520 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
521 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
525 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
527 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
530 "_procedure_string_table",
531 "_procedure_table_size",
535 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
540 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
541 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
542 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
543 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
544 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
545 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
554 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
555 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
556 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
560 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
561 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
562 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
563 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
564 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
565 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
570 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
571 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
572 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
573 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
574 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
582 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
588 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
590 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
592 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
593 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
594 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
595 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
596 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
597 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
598 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
599 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
601 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
602 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
603 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
604 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
605 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
607 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
608 has different meaning for each type:
611 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
612 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
613 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
614 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
617 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
618 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
619 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
620 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
622 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
623 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
624 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
625 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
627 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
628 loader for use by the static exception system. */
630 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
631 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
632 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
633 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
634 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
635 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
636 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
637 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
638 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
639 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
641 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
643 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
644 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
646 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
647 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
648 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
649 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
650 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
651 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
653 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
654 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
656 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
657 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
658 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
660 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
661 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
663 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
664 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
665 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
666 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
667 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
669 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
670 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
671 for RM9000 for now. */
672 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
673 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
675 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
676 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
678 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
680 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
681 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
683 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
685 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
686 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
687 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
689 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
690 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
691 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
693 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
694 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
695 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
697 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
698 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
700 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
701 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
702 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
704 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
705 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
706 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
708 /* The name of the options section. */
709 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
710 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
712 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
713 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
714 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
715 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
717 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
718 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
719 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
720 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
722 /* The name of the stub section. */
723 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
725 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
726 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
727 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
729 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
730 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
731 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
733 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
734 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
735 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
737 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
738 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
739 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
741 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
742 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
743 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
745 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
746 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
747 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
749 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
750 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
751 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
753 /* Get word-sized data. */
754 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
755 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
757 /* Put out word-sized data. */
758 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
760 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
761 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
763 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
764 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
765 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
767 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
768 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
769 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
771 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
772 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
774 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
775 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
776 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
778 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
779 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
780 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
781 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
783 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
784 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
786 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
787 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
789 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
790 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
791 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
793 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
795 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
797 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
798 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
800 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
801 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
802 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
804 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
805 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
806 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
807 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
808 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
809 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
810 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
812 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
813 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
815 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
816 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
818 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
821 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
822 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
823 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
824 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
827 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
828 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
829 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
830 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
831 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
832 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
833 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
834 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
836 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
837 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
839 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
841 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
842 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
845 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
846 floating point arguments.
848 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
849 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
850 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
851 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
852 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
853 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
854 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
855 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
857 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
858 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
859 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
860 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
861 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
862 stub should be discarded.
864 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
865 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
866 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
867 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
868 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
869 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
870 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
873 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
874 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
875 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
877 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
879 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
880 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
881 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
883 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
884 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
885 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
887 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
888 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
890 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
891 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
892 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
893 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
894 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
895 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
896 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
897 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
900 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
901 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
902 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
904 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
905 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
906 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
907 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
908 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
909 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
910 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
911 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
914 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
915 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
916 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
918 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
919 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
920 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
921 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
922 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
923 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
924 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
925 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
928 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
929 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
931 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
932 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
933 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
934 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
937 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
938 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
940 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
941 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
942 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
943 0x00000000, /* nop */
944 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
948 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
949 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
951 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
952 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
953 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
954 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
955 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
956 0x00000000, /* nop */
957 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
961 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
962 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
964 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
965 0x00000000, /* nop */
966 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
967 0x00000000, /* nop */
968 0x00000000, /* nop */
972 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
973 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
975 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
976 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
979 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
982 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
984 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
985 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
988 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
991 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
993 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
996 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
998 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
999 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1000 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1003 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1005 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1006 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1008 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1011 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1012 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1014 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1015 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1018 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1020 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1021 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1023 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1027 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1029 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1030 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1032 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1035 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1037 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1038 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1039 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1041 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1042 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1044 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1047 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1049 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1051 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1052 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1053 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1057 /* Set local fields. */
1058 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1059 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1060 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1063 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1064 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1065 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1066 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1067 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1068 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1069 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1070 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1071 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1072 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1073 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1074 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1077 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1080 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1083 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1085 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1090 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1092 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1094 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1095 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1097 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1100 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1103 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1106 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1107 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1110 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1111 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1114 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1117 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1118 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1120 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1121 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1124 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1125 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1128 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1129 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1131 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1133 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1134 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1135 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1138 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1139 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1140 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1141 goto error_return; \
1142 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1143 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1144 goto error_return; \
1147 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1148 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1149 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1150 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1151 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1152 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1154 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1155 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1156 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1157 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1158 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1166 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1168 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1170 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1171 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1172 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1173 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1174 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1175 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1176 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1177 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1178 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1179 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1180 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1182 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1183 free (debug
->ssext
);
1184 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1185 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1186 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1187 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1188 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1189 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1193 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1196 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1198 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1199 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1200 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1201 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1202 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1203 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1205 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1206 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1208 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1211 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1214 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1215 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1216 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1218 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1219 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1221 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1223 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1224 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1228 bfd_size_type count
;
1229 unsigned long sindex
;
1233 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1241 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1243 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1244 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1247 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1249 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1253 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1256 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1257 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1261 size
= sizeof (char *);
1262 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1266 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1267 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1268 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1272 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1275 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1276 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1279 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1282 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1283 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1285 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1286 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1287 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1288 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1289 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1290 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1291 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1292 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1293 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1294 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1296 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1297 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1301 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1302 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1303 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1306 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1310 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1313 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1315 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1316 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1317 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1318 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1320 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1321 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1322 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1324 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1326 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1328 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1330 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1331 matters, but someday it might). */
1332 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1361 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1362 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1365 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1366 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1367 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1370 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1371 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1374 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1377 /* Create a new symbol. */
1378 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1380 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1381 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1385 /* Make it a local function. */
1386 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1387 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1389 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1393 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1394 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1398 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1399 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1402 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1403 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1408 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1409 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1410 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1411 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1412 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1414 /* Create a new symbol. */
1415 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1417 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1418 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1422 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1423 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1424 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1425 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1426 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1427 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1431 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1432 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1435 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1439 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1440 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1441 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1442 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1443 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1446 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1447 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1448 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1450 static unsigned long
1451 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1452 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1453 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1454 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1456 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1457 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1459 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1460 one in a compound relocation. */
1461 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1462 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1463 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1465 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1466 the traditional behavior. */
1467 if (relocs
< relend
)
1468 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1473 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1477 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1478 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1480 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1481 objects try to call them. */
1482 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1483 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1485 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1486 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1489 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1490 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1492 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1493 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1494 being included in the link. */
1495 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1496 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1497 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1498 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1501 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1502 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1504 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1505 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1506 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1507 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1508 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1509 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1510 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1513 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1514 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1516 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1517 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1518 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1519 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1520 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1521 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1522 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1526 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1529 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1531 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1533 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1534 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1535 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1539 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1541 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1543 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1544 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1545 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1546 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1547 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1548 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1551 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1552 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1556 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1557 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1560 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1562 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1566 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1567 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1568 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1569 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1575 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1576 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1577 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1578 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1579 entry points are of interest here. */
1582 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1584 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1585 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1586 && h
->root
.def_regular
1587 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1588 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1589 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1590 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1591 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1594 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1595 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1598 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1601 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1603 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1604 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1609 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1610 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1614 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1615 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1616 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1619 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1620 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1622 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1624 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1627 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1631 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1632 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1635 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1637 /* Create the section. */
1638 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1639 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1640 input_section
->output_section
);
1644 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1645 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1646 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1649 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1651 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1652 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1653 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1654 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1656 /* Allocate room for it. */
1661 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1662 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1663 the function symbol to it. */
1666 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1667 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1669 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1672 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1676 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1677 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1680 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1681 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1682 input_section
->output_section
);
1683 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1685 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1688 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1689 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1690 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1691 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1693 /* Allocate room for it. */
1698 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1699 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1702 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1703 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1705 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1706 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1707 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1712 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1713 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1717 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1718 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1722 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1726 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1729 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1730 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1734 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1735 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1741 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1742 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1743 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1744 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1746 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1747 return (use_trampoline_p
1748 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1749 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1752 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1753 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1756 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1758 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1760 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1761 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1762 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1764 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1766 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1767 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1768 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1771 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1772 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1773 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1774 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1776 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1778 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1779 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1781 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
1790 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1791 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1794 The format of these instructions is:
1796 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1797 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1798 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1800 +-----------------------------------------------+
1802 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1803 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1805 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1806 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1807 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1808 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1809 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1810 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1811 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1812 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1813 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1814 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1817 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1818 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1819 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1820 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1821 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1822 value as two 16-bit values.
1824 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1828 +--------+----------------------+
1832 +--------+----------------------+
1835 +----------+------+-------------+
1839 +----------+--------------------+
1840 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1841 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1843 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1844 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1845 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1846 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1847 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1849 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1850 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1851 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1854 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1855 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1856 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1857 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1858 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1860 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1862 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1863 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1864 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1865 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1866 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1868 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1871 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1872 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1873 little-endian system. */
1875 static inline bfd_boolean
1876 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1881 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
1882 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
1883 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
1886 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
1887 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
1888 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
1889 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
1890 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
1891 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
1892 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
1900 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1902 static inline bfd_boolean
1903 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1905 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
1908 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1909 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1910 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1912 static inline bfd_boolean
1913 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1915 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
1916 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1917 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
1920 static inline bfd_boolean
1921 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1923 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
1924 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
1925 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
1928 static inline bfd_boolean
1929 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1931 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
1932 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
1933 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
1936 static inline bfd_boolean
1937 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1939 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
1942 static inline bfd_boolean
1943 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1945 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
1948 static inline bfd_boolean
1949 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1951 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
1954 static inline bfd_boolean
1955 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1957 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
1960 static inline bfd_boolean
1961 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1963 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
1966 static inline bfd_boolean
1967 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1969 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
1972 static inline bfd_boolean
1973 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1975 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
1978 static inline bfd_boolean
1979 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1981 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
1982 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
1983 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
);
1986 static inline bfd_boolean
1987 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1989 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
1990 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
1991 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
);
1994 static inline bfd_boolean
1995 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1997 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2000 static inline bfd_boolean
2001 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2003 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2004 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2005 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2008 static inline bfd_boolean
2009 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2011 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2012 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2013 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2014 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2017 static inline bfd_boolean
2018 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2020 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2021 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2022 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2025 static inline bfd_boolean
2026 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2028 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2029 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2030 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2033 static inline bfd_boolean
2034 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2036 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2037 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2038 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2042 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2043 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2045 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2047 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2050 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2051 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2052 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2053 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2054 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2055 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2056 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2057 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2059 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2060 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2061 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2065 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2066 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2068 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2070 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2073 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2074 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2076 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2079 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2081 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2082 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2086 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2087 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2088 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2090 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2091 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2094 bfd_reloc_status_type
2095 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2096 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2097 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2101 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2103 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2106 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2108 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2109 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2111 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2112 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2114 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2115 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2117 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2119 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2120 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2121 an external symbol. */
2123 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2124 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2126 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2128 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2130 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2131 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2135 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2138 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2140 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2143 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2144 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2145 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2150 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2152 asection
*input_section
;
2156 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2158 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2160 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2161 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2162 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2164 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2165 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2166 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2167 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2169 bfd_reloc_status_type
2170 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2171 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2172 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2173 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2175 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2177 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2178 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2180 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2182 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2184 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2186 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2187 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2190 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2191 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2193 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2196 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2197 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2198 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2200 bfd_reloc_status_type
2201 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2202 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2203 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2205 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2206 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2207 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2208 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2209 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2210 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2213 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2214 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2217 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2218 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2219 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2221 bfd_reloc_status_type
2222 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2223 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2224 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2227 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2229 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2230 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2232 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2234 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2235 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2238 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2240 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2241 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2243 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2245 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2246 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2247 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2248 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2249 has a rightshift of 0. */
2250 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2251 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2252 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2253 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2254 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2255 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2257 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2258 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2259 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2261 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2262 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2264 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2267 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2271 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2272 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2276 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2277 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2278 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2280 bfd_reloc_status_type
2281 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2282 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2283 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2284 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2287 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2288 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2290 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2292 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2293 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2295 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2297 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2299 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2300 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2301 offset or address. */
2302 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2303 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2308 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2309 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2310 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2311 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2313 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2314 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2315 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2319 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2320 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2321 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2322 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2323 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2324 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2327 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2329 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2330 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2332 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2333 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2335 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2337 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2340 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2345 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2347 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2350 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2351 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2354 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2357 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2358 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2362 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2363 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2365 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2366 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2370 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2371 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2373 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2374 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2375 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2376 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2377 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2378 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2382 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2383 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2387 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2388 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2389 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2390 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2391 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2392 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2393 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2396 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2397 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2398 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2401 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2404 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2405 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2406 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2407 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2408 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2409 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2413 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2414 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2416 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2417 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2418 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2420 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2421 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2424 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2425 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2426 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2427 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2428 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2431 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2432 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2434 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2435 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2436 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2437 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2438 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2439 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2440 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2444 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2445 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2447 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2448 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2449 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2450 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2451 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2452 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2453 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2456 /* Swap in an options header. */
2459 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2460 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2462 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2463 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2464 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2465 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2468 /* Swap out an options header. */
2471 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2472 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2474 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2475 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2476 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2477 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2480 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2481 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2484 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2486 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2487 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2490 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2491 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2493 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2497 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2499 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2504 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2507 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2508 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2511 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2512 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2514 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2515 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2516 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2517 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2519 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2521 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2524 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2526 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2535 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2536 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2537 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2538 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2539 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2540 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2541 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2542 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2543 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2544 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2545 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2546 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2547 when generating a final executable. */
2550 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2552 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2554 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2556 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2558 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2559 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2560 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2561 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2562 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2564 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2565 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2566 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2567 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2568 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2576 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2579 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2580 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2581 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2582 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2583 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2584 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2586 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2587 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2591 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2593 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2594 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2595 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2597 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2598 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2599 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2601 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2603 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2604 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2605 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2606 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2608 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2610 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2611 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2612 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2615 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2617 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2618 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2619 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2624 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2625 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2627 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2628 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2629 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2630 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2633 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2635 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2636 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2637 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2638 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2639 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2640 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2641 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2642 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2643 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2644 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2645 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2646 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2647 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2648 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2649 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2650 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2651 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2653 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2657 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2658 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2661 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2662 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2663 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2664 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2666 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2667 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2668 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2669 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2671 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2672 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2673 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2674 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2675 + sec
->output_offset
2676 + output_section
->vma
);
2678 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2682 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2684 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2685 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2687 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2689 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2690 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2691 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2693 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2696 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2697 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2698 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
2699 + sec
->output_offset
2700 + output_section
->vma
);
2702 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2707 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2708 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2711 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2718 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2721 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2723 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2724 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2726 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2729 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2731 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2734 static INLINE hashval_t
2735 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
2738 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
2745 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2747 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2749 return (entry
->symndx
2750 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
2751 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
2752 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2753 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
2754 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
2755 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
2759 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2761 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2762 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2764 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2765 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
2766 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
2767 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2768 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
2769 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
2770 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
2774 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2776 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
2778 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
2779 return entry
->abfd
->id
+ entry
->symndx
;
2783 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
2785 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
2787 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
2788 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
2789 return entry1
->abfd
== entry2
->abfd
&& entry1
->symndx
== entry2
->symndx
;
2792 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
2794 static struct mips_got_info
*
2795 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
2797 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2799 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2803 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2804 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2805 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2808 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
2809 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2810 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
2816 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
2817 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
2819 static struct mips_got_info
*
2820 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2822 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
2824 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
2827 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
2828 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
2829 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
2833 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
2836 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2838 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
2840 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
2841 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
2844 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
2845 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
2846 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
2847 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
2852 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2853 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2854 if creation fails. */
2857 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2863 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2864 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2865 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
2866 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2868 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2873 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2876 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2877 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2883 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
2886 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
2888 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
2891 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
2894 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
2897 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
2900 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
2903 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
2920 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2921 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2925 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2926 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2929 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2930 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2932 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2933 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2936 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2938 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2939 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2948 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
2954 return info
->shared
? 1 : 0;
2961 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
2965 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2966 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2967 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
2969 if (entry
->tls_type
)
2971 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
2972 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
2974 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
2976 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
2977 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
2979 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
2982 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2985 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2987 unsigned long reloc_index
,
2992 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2994 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2996 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2997 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2999 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3001 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3002 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3004 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3007 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3008 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3010 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3013 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3016 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3017 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3018 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3021 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3023 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3024 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3025 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3027 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3036 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3038 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3039 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3040 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3043 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3046 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3048 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3049 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3052 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3053 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3054 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3055 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3056 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3058 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3059 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3060 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3062 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3065 /* General Dynamic. */
3066 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3070 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3071 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3072 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3073 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3076 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3077 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3078 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3079 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3081 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3082 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3086 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3087 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3088 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3089 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3094 /* Initial Exec model. */
3098 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3099 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3101 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3102 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3104 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3105 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3106 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3107 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3110 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3111 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3115 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3116 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3117 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3118 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3119 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3122 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3123 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3125 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3126 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3127 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3128 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3135 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3138 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3139 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3140 will be negative. */
3143 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3144 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3146 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
3147 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3149 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3150 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3152 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
3154 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3155 section starts with reserved entries. */
3156 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
3158 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3159 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
3161 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3162 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3163 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3166 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3167 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3168 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3169 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3171 return got_address
- got_value
;
3174 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3175 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3176 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3177 offset can be found. */
3180 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3181 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3182 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3184 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3185 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3187 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3188 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3190 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3191 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3195 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3196 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3197 return entry
->gotidx
;
3200 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3203 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3204 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3206 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3207 long global_got_dynindx
;
3208 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3211 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3212 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3214 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3215 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3216 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3218 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3219 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3220 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3222 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3223 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3224 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3225 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3226 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3231 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3232 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3235 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3236 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3238 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3239 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3240 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3243 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3244 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3246 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3249 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3250 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3251 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3255 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3256 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3259 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3260 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3262 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3264 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3266 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3267 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3268 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3269 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3270 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3271 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3273 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3278 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3279 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3280 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3281 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3282 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3285 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3286 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3288 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3289 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3291 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3292 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3293 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3298 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3301 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3306 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3307 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3308 symbol that binds locally. */
3311 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3312 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3314 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3316 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3317 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3318 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3319 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3321 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3323 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3324 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3325 same in all cases. */
3326 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3327 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3329 return entry
->gotidx
;
3334 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3338 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3339 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3341 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3345 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3346 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3349 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3350 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3352 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3355 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3356 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3357 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3360 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3361 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3362 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3363 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3364 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3367 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3369 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3370 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3373 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3374 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3376 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3379 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3380 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3383 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3385 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3387 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3388 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3391 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3394 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3398 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3399 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3407 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3410 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3411 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3418 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3419 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3423 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3427 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
3429 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3430 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3431 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3432 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3436 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3440 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3444 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3446 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3447 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3449 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3452 bfd_vma got_address
;
3454 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3455 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3456 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3459 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3460 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3461 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3462 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3463 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3469 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3470 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3471 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3472 the current linking stage. */
3474 static bfd_size_type
3475 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3477 bfd_size_type count
;
3480 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3483 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3485 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3486 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3487 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3488 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3489 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3495 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3496 appear towards the end. */
3499 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3501 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3502 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3503 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3505 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3508 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3509 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3516 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3517 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3518 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3519 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3520 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3521 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3522 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3525 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3526 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3527 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3528 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3529 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3530 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3531 == g
->global_gotno
);
3533 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3534 table index in the GOT. */
3535 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3540 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3541 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3545 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3547 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3549 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3551 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3554 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3557 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3561 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3562 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3565 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3566 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3567 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3568 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3575 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3576 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3577 hash table directly). */
3580 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3581 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3583 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3584 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3585 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3586 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3588 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3589 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3591 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3595 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3596 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3599 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3603 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3604 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3609 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3610 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3614 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3623 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3624 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3625 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3628 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3629 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3630 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3632 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3633 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3634 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3635 unsigned char tls_type
;
3637 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3638 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3640 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3642 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3644 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3646 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3648 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3652 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3655 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3659 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3660 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3661 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3665 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3666 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3667 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3670 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3671 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3674 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3675 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
3677 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3678 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3679 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3681 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3682 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3685 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3688 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3689 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3690 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3691 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3694 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3697 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
3699 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3702 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3703 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3705 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3706 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3707 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3710 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3711 long symndx
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
3713 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3714 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
3715 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3716 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
3717 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
3718 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3720 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3721 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3723 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
3724 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
3726 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3728 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
3729 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3733 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3735 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
3738 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3743 entry
->symndx
= symndx
;
3744 entry
->ranges
= NULL
;
3745 entry
->num_pages
= 0;
3749 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
3750 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3754 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3761 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3763 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
3764 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
3765 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
3767 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3768 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3769 a new singleton range. */
3771 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3773 range
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*range
));
3777 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
3778 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3779 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3788 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3789 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3791 /* Update the ranges. */
3792 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
3793 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3794 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
3796 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3798 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
3799 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
3800 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
3803 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3806 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3807 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3808 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
3810 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3811 g1
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3812 g2
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3818 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3821 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3825 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3827 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3828 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3830 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3831 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3833 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3834 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
3839 /* Make room for a null element. */
3840 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3843 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3847 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
3848 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
3849 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
3850 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
3853 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3855 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3856 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
3858 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3859 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
3860 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3862 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3865 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3866 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3872 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
3876 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
3877 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
3878 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
3879 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
3882 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3884 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
3885 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
3888 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3889 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
3890 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3891 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3892 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3893 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
3895 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3902 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3903 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3905 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3906 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
3909 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3917 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
3919 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3928 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
3933 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
3934 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
3937 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3938 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3940 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
3941 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
3948 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
3952 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
3953 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3954 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3955 if (!g
->got_entries
)
3958 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
3962 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
3967 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
3968 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
3969 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
3970 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
3971 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
3974 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3976 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
3977 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3978 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3980 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
3981 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3983 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
3985 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
3986 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
3987 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
3988 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
3989 live in the local GOT.
3991 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
3992 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
3993 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
3994 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1
3995 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
3996 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
3997 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3998 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
3999 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4000 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4001 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4002 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4003 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4004 && h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4005 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4006 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4007 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4008 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4009 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4011 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4018 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4019 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4022 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4024 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4025 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4028 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4029 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4030 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4039 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4044 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4045 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4048 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4050 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4051 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4054 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4055 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4056 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4065 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4070 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4071 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4072 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4073 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4077 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4078 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4079 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4081 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4082 unsigned int estimate
;
4084 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4085 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4086 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4087 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4089 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4091 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4092 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4094 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4095 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4096 conservatively as well. */
4097 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4098 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4100 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4102 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4103 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4106 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4107 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4109 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4113 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4117 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4121 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4122 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4123 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4124 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4125 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4126 and then make make the new got current. */
4129 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4130 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4132 unsigned int estimate
;
4135 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4138 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4139 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4140 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4141 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4142 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4144 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4145 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4146 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4147 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4148 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4150 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4152 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4153 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4160 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4161 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4166 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4169 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4174 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4175 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4176 overflows anyway. */
4177 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4183 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4184 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4185 an index in a different GOT. */
4188 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4190 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4192 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4193 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4195 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4197 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4201 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4202 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4205 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4209 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4210 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4211 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4214 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4216 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4219 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4220 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4221 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4224 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4225 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4231 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4232 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4236 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4237 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4238 symbol to DATA->value. */
4241 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4243 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4244 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4246 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4247 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4248 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4249 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4250 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4251 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4255 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4256 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4257 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4258 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4261 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4263 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4264 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4266 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4267 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4268 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4269 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4270 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4272 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_gotno
))
4277 arg
->g
->assigned_gotno
+= 1;
4279 if (arg
->info
->shared
4280 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4281 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4282 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4283 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4289 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4290 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4291 lazy-binding stubs. */
4294 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4296 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4297 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4298 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4300 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4301 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4302 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4303 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4305 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4306 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4307 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4309 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4310 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4316 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4319 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4324 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4328 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4332 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4333 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4336 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4337 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4340 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4341 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4343 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4344 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4345 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4346 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4347 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4350 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4351 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4352 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4356 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4357 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4358 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4359 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4360 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4361 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4362 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4363 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4364 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4365 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4367 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4369 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4370 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4371 to be the primary GOT. */
4372 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
4374 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4375 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4379 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4380 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4381 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4383 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4384 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4386 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4390 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4391 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4392 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4393 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4395 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4397 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4398 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4399 those that are actually referenced. */
4400 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4401 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4404 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4405 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4406 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4407 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4409 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4410 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4411 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4412 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4413 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4414 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4415 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4416 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4417 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4418 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4419 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4420 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4421 points back to the master GOT. */
4422 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4423 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4430 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4432 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4433 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
4434 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4435 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4436 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4438 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4439 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4440 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4445 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4446 all non-TLS entries. */
4447 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4449 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4450 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4453 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4455 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4458 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4459 lazy-binding stubs. */
4461 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4465 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4468 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4470 unsigned int save_assign
;
4472 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4473 relocations they need. */
4474 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
4475 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4477 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4479 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4482 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4483 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
4487 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
4488 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4489 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4490 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4491 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4493 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4495 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4498 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4505 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4506 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4508 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4509 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4510 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4511 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4513 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4515 while (relocation
< relend
)
4517 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4518 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4524 /* We didn't find it. */
4528 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4531 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4532 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4533 asection
**local_sections
)
4535 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4536 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4539 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4540 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4541 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4543 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4545 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4551 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4554 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4556 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
4557 /* VALUE is negative. */
4558 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
4563 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4564 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4568 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4570 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
4572 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
4573 /* The value is too big. */
4575 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
4576 /* The value is too small. */
4583 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4586 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
4588 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4591 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4594 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4597 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4604 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4607 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4610 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4617 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4620 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4621 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4624 register asection
*s
;
4626 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
4628 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4631 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
4633 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4634 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4637 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
4643 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4646 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4649 register asection
*s
;
4650 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4651 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4652 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4654 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4655 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4657 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4661 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4662 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4664 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4665 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4666 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
4668 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
4672 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4673 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4674 are not creating a global offset table. */
4676 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4677 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
4678 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4681 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4684 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4685 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
4688 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4691 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4692 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
4693 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4695 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4696 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
4697 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
4700 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4708 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4709 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4710 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4713 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4715 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
4717 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4718 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4721 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4722 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4723 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4727 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
4728 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4730 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
4731 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
4732 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
4733 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
4734 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
4735 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
4742 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
4743 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
4744 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
4745 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
4746 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
4750 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
4757 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
4758 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
4759 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
4761 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
4762 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
4763 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
4765 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
4766 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
4767 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
4768 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
4770 static bfd_reloc_status_type
4771 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4772 asection
*input_section
,
4773 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4774 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4775 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4776 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
4777 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
4779 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
4780 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
4782 /* The eventual value we will return. */
4784 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
4787 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
4788 shared object file being produced. */
4790 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
4793 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
4795 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
4796 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
4797 during execution. */
4798 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
4799 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
4801 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
4802 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4803 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
4805 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
4806 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
4807 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
4808 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
4809 "__gnu_local_gp". */
4810 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
4811 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4813 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4815 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
4816 relocation value. */
4817 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
4818 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
4819 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
4820 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
4821 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4824 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4825 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4826 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4828 /* Parse the relocation. */
4829 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4830 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4831 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4832 + input_section
->output_offset
4833 + relocation
->r_offset
);
4835 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
4836 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
4838 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
4839 used in the array of hash table entries. */
4840 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4841 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4843 was_local_p
= local_p
;
4844 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
4845 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4848 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
4849 must come before globals. */
4853 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
4856 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4858 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
4859 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
4861 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4862 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
4863 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
4864 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
4865 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4866 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4868 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
4870 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4873 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
4874 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
4877 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
4878 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
4879 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
4882 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
4884 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
4885 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
4889 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
4891 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
4892 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4893 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
4894 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
4895 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4896 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4897 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4899 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
4900 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
4902 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
4903 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4904 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
4905 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
4907 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
4908 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
4909 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
4910 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4914 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
4915 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4916 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
4917 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
4920 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
4921 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
4922 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4924 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4925 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4926 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
4928 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4929 if (sec
->output_section
)
4930 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
4931 + sec
->output_section
->vma
4932 + sec
->output_offset
);
4934 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
4936 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4937 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4938 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4939 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4942 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
4943 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
4945 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
4946 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4948 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4949 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4950 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4951 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4952 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4954 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
4955 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
4958 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
4960 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4961 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4962 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4963 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4964 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4965 which is available from here:
4966 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4969 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
4970 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
4971 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
4972 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
4973 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
4975 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4979 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4982 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
4983 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
4984 then the target is not microMIPS. */
4985 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (htab
->splt
!= sec
4986 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
));
4989 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
4990 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
4992 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
4994 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
4995 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
4997 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
4998 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
4999 && !info
->relocatable
5001 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5002 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5004 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5005 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5006 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5008 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5009 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5013 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5018 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5021 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5022 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5023 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5024 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5033 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5034 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5035 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5037 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5038 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5039 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5040 use an indirect stub instead. */
5041 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5042 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5044 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5045 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5046 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5049 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5052 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5053 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5055 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5060 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5062 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5064 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5071 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5074 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5077 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5078 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5080 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5082 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5083 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5084 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5085 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5086 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5087 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5089 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5090 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5091 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5093 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5094 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5095 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5098 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5099 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5100 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5101 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5102 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5104 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5105 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5106 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5107 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5108 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5109 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5110 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5111 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5113 local_p
= (h
== NULL
5114 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
5115 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
5116 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)));
5118 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5119 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5121 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5126 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5127 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5128 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5129 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5131 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5132 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5136 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5137 to need it, get it now. */
5140 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5141 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5144 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5145 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5146 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5147 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5148 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5149 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5150 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5151 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5152 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5153 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5154 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5155 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5157 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5158 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5159 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5160 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5161 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5162 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5163 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5164 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5165 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5166 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5168 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5169 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5171 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5175 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5176 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5177 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5178 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5179 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5180 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5182 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5183 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5184 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5188 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5189 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5191 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5192 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5193 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5194 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5197 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5198 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5199 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5203 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5204 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5206 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5209 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5210 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5214 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5215 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5216 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5218 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5222 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5223 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5225 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5226 + input_section
->output_offset
5227 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5228 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5229 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5230 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5232 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5233 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5235 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5236 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5239 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5242 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5246 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5249 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5250 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5257 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5259 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5260 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5261 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5262 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5264 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5265 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5266 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5268 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5269 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5270 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5271 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5272 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5273 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5275 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5283 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5287 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5288 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5292 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5296 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5297 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5301 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5302 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5303 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5304 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5305 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5307 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5311 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5312 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5313 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5314 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5316 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5317 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5320 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5322 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5323 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5324 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5325 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5326 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5330 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5331 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5332 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5333 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5337 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5338 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5339 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5340 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5341 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5342 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5345 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5346 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5347 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5348 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5352 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5353 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5354 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5355 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5356 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5357 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5362 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5365 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5366 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5370 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5371 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5372 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5376 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5377 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5378 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5379 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5380 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5381 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5382 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5383 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5384 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5385 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5386 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5388 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5389 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5395 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5396 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5398 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5401 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5402 for this conditional. */
5403 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5404 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5405 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5406 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5407 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5409 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5410 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5411 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5412 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5413 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5416 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5417 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5420 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5421 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5422 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5423 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5424 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5425 not check for overflow here. */
5429 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5430 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5431 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5432 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5433 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5438 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5439 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5440 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5441 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5442 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5443 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5444 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5445 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5446 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5447 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5448 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5449 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5450 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5451 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5452 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5453 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5454 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5455 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5459 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5462 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5463 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5466 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5467 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5468 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5469 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5470 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5472 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5473 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5474 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5475 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5477 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5478 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5485 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5486 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5487 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5488 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5489 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5490 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5491 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5492 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5493 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5494 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5496 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5499 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5500 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5502 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5506 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5507 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
5508 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5509 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5510 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5513 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5514 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8) - p
;
5515 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
5516 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5517 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5520 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5521 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11) - p
;
5522 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
5523 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5524 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5527 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5528 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17) - p
;
5529 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
5530 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5531 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5534 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5535 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25) - ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
5536 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
5537 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5538 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5541 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5542 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5543 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5544 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5545 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5546 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5547 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5549 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
5550 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5553 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5554 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5555 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5556 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5557 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
5560 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5561 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5562 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
5563 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5564 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5565 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5566 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5569 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5570 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5572 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
5575 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5579 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
5580 value
= symbol
- addend
;
5581 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5585 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
5586 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
5587 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5590 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
5591 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
5592 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
5593 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5596 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5597 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5598 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
5599 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5603 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
5604 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5605 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5606 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5607 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
5608 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5609 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5613 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5614 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5615 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5616 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5619 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5620 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5623 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5625 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
5628 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5631 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5632 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5633 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5636 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5638 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5639 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
5644 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5645 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5646 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5648 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5649 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5651 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5654 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5655 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5656 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5657 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5658 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5659 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
5663 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5665 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5666 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5668 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5670 /* Obtain the current value. */
5671 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
5673 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5674 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
5676 /* Set the field. */
5677 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
5679 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5680 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
5683 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
5684 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
5686 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5687 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
5689 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
5692 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5694 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
5699 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
5703 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
5704 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
5707 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5708 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5711 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
5712 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5716 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5717 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
5720 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5722 if (!info
->relocatable
5723 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5724 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
5725 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
5726 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5727 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
5728 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
5729 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
5730 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
5731 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
5732 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
5738 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5739 + input_section
->output_offset
5740 + relocation
->r_offset
5742 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5743 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
5747 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
5749 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
5750 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
5752 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
5756 /* Put the value into the output. */
5757 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
5759 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
5765 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
5766 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
5767 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
5768 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
5771 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5772 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5773 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5774 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5775 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
5776 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
5778 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
5783 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
5784 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5786 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5787 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5789 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5790 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5791 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5792 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
5793 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
5794 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5797 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
5798 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
5799 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
5801 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
5802 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
5803 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
5804 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
5807 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
5808 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
5811 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
5813 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
5814 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
5815 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
5820 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
5821 in the relocation. */
5822 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
5824 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
5825 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
5826 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
5827 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
5829 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
5830 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
5831 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
5832 undefined symbols. */
5837 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5839 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
5841 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5846 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
5849 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
5850 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
5856 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
5857 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
5858 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
5859 local symbols because we used to generate them
5860 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
5861 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
5862 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
5863 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
5864 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
5865 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
5867 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
5868 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
5869 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
5870 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
5871 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
5876 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
5877 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
5878 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
5879 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
5880 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5883 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5884 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
5885 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
5887 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
5888 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
5889 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
5892 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
5893 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
5894 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
5895 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
5896 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
5897 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
5898 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
5899 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
5900 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
5901 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
5902 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
5903 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
5904 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
5905 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
5908 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
5910 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
5911 correct location in the output file. */
5912 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5913 + input_section
->output_offset
);
5914 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5915 + input_section
->output_offset
);
5916 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5917 + input_section
->output_offset
);
5919 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
5920 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
5921 relocation format is non-standard. */
5922 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
5924 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
5925 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
5927 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
5929 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5931 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
5932 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
5933 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
5934 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
5936 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
5939 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
5940 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
5941 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
5943 /* We've now added another relocation. */
5944 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
5946 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
5947 will be writing to it. */
5948 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
5951 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
5952 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5954 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
5959 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
5961 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
5962 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
5963 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
5964 + input_section
->output_offset
);
5965 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
5966 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
5968 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
5969 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
5970 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
5972 cr
= (scpt
->contents
5973 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
5974 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
5975 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
5976 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
5977 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
5978 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
5982 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5983 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5985 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5986 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5991 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
5994 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
5996 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
5998 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
5999 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6001 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6002 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6004 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6005 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6007 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6008 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6010 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6011 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6013 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6014 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6016 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6017 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6019 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6020 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6022 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6023 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6025 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6026 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6028 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6029 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6031 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6032 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6034 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6035 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6037 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6038 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6040 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6041 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6043 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6044 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6046 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6047 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6050 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6054 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6057 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6060 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6063 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6066 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6068 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6069 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6071 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6072 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6074 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6075 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6077 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6078 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6085 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6087 static INLINE
char *
6088 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6092 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6093 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6096 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6098 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6102 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6104 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6106 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6108 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6111 return "unknown abi";
6115 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6116 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6117 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6118 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6119 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6120 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6121 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6122 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6124 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6125 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6126 definition in a shared library. */
6127 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6128 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6129 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6131 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6134 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6136 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6138 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6139 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6140 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6142 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6143 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6144 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6145 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6146 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6147 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6148 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6150 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6151 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6152 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6153 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6154 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6155 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6156 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6157 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6158 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6159 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6161 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6165 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6166 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6167 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6168 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6169 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6172 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6173 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6175 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6176 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6177 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6178 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6179 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6180 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6181 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6182 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6183 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6184 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6186 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6187 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6190 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6191 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6196 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6198 if (section
!= NULL
)
6200 asym
->section
= section
;
6201 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6202 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6203 base address to make it an offset. */
6204 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6211 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6213 if (section
!= NULL
)
6215 asym
->section
= section
;
6216 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6217 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6218 base address to make it an offset. */
6219 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6225 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6226 or microMIPS one. */
6227 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6228 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6231 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
6232 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6233 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6235 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6236 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6240 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6241 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6243 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6244 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6245 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6246 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6247 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6249 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6250 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6251 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6252 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6254 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6255 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6256 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6257 We therefore take the following approach:
6259 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6260 determine the pointer size.
6262 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6263 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6267 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6268 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6269 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6270 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6271 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6273 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6274 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6278 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6280 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6282 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6284 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6286 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6287 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6288 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6295 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6296 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6297 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6306 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6307 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6308 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6310 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6311 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6314 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6315 will jump there rather than to .text.
6317 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6318 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6321 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6323 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6326 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6327 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6328 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6332 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6334 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6335 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6339 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6340 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6343 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6346 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6347 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6351 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6352 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6353 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6354 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6356 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6358 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6359 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6360 so that we don't have to read them again.
6361 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6362 through the section contents to see if there is an
6363 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6365 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6367 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6368 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6370 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6372 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6374 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6376 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6377 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6378 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6381 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6388 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6389 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6392 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6393 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6396 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6403 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6404 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6407 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6408 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6415 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6417 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6419 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6420 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6421 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6422 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6423 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6424 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6425 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6426 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6427 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
6428 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
6430 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6431 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6433 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
6435 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6436 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6438 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6441 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6443 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
6445 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
6447 unsigned int adjust
;
6449 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
6451 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
6459 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6460 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6461 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6463 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6467 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
6468 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
6474 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6475 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6476 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6477 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6478 probably get away with this. */
6479 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
6481 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6482 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
6486 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
6489 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6490 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
6493 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
6494 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6497 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
6498 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
6501 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
6502 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
6504 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
6506 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
6507 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
6508 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
6510 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
6512 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
6513 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6516 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
6517 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6520 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6521 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6524 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
6525 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6526 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6529 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
6530 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6533 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
6534 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6535 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6542 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
6547 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6548 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
6554 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6556 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6557 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6558 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6559 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6560 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
6562 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
6565 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6566 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
6568 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
6569 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
6572 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6573 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6574 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6575 they should agree. */
6576 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
6578 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6580 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6581 if (contents
== NULL
)
6583 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
6590 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6591 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6593 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6595 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6597 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6599 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6600 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6601 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6604 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6606 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
6608 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6610 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
6611 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6613 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6615 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6617 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
6619 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6621 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
6622 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6624 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6634 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6635 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6636 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6639 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
6641 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6643 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
6645 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
6646 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
6647 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6649 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
6650 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
6651 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6653 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
6654 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
6655 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6657 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
6658 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
6659 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
6661 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
6662 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6663 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6664 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6665 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6667 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6669 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
6671 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
6672 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6673 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6674 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6676 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6677 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6679 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6682 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6684 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6685 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
6686 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
6687 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
6689 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6690 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6692 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6693 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
6696 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
6697 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
6698 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6699 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
6700 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
6701 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
6702 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6703 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6705 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
6706 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6708 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6710 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
6711 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6712 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6714 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6716 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
6717 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6718 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6720 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6721 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6723 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
6725 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6726 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6727 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6728 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
6729 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6731 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
6733 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
6734 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
6735 final_write_processing. */
6737 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6738 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6740 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
6741 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6742 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6744 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
6746 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
6747 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
6748 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
6751 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
6752 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
6753 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
6754 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
6755 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
6760 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
6761 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
6762 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
6763 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
6764 the .scommon section. */
6767 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6768 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
6770 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
6772 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
6775 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
6777 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
6783 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
6784 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
6787 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6788 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
6789 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6790 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
6792 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6793 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
6794 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
6796 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
6801 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
6802 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
6803 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
6804 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
6805 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
6806 is not done for them. */
6808 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6809 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
6815 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
6818 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6819 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
6820 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6821 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
6822 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6825 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6826 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
6827 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6828 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
6832 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
6833 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
6835 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
6836 asection
*elf_text_section
;
6837 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
6839 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6840 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
6843 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
6844 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6845 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
6848 /* Initialize the section. */
6850 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
6851 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
6853 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
6854 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
6856 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
6857 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
6858 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
6859 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
6860 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
6861 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
6862 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
6864 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
6865 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
6866 so I took it out. */
6867 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
6870 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6871 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
6873 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
6874 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
6876 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
6877 asection
*elf_data_section
;
6878 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
6880 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6881 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
6884 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
6885 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6886 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
6889 /* Initialize the section. */
6891 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
6892 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
6894 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
6895 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
6897 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
6898 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
6899 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
6900 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
6901 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
6902 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
6903 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
6905 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
6906 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
6907 so I took it out. */
6908 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
6911 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6912 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6916 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6918 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
6919 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6921 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6922 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6924 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
6926 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6927 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
6928 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6931 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6934 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6936 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6939 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
6940 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
6943 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
6944 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
6945 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
6946 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
6952 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
6953 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
6954 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
6957 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
6958 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6959 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
6960 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6962 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
6963 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
6964 common in the output file. */
6965 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
6966 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
6967 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
6969 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
6970 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
6975 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
6977 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
6980 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6982 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6983 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6985 register asection
*s
;
6986 const char * const *namep
;
6987 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6989 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6990 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6992 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
6993 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
6995 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
6997 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
6999 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7002 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7007 /* We need to create .got section. */
7008 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7011 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7014 /* Create .stub section. */
7015 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7016 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7019 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7020 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7024 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7026 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7028 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7029 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7031 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7032 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7036 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7037 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7038 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7039 the linker takes such action. */
7040 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7042 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7045 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7046 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7047 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7050 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7053 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7055 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7059 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7060 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7062 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7066 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7067 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7069 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7070 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7072 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7073 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7075 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7077 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7079 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7080 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7082 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7089 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7091 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7092 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7093 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7096 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7099 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7101 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7104 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7106 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7107 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7108 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7109 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7110 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7111 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7113 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7115 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7116 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7117 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7120 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7123 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7125 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7127 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7131 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7132 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7133 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7136 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7137 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7138 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7139 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7141 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7142 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7145 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7147 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7152 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7154 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7155 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7158 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7161 htab
->plt_header_size
7162 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
7163 htab
->plt_entry_size
7164 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
7168 htab
->plt_header_size
7169 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
7170 htab
->plt_entry_size
7171 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
7174 else if (!info
->shared
)
7176 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7177 htab
->plt_header_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
7178 htab
->plt_entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
7184 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7185 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7186 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7189 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7190 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7191 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7193 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7194 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7196 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7197 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7198 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7199 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7201 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7202 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7203 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7206 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7207 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7208 of the section that REL is against. */
7211 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7212 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7215 unsigned int r_type
;
7218 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7219 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7221 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7222 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7223 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7224 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7226 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7229 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7230 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7231 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7232 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7233 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7236 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7237 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7238 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7239 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7241 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7242 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7243 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7246 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7247 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7248 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7249 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7250 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7252 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7254 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7255 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7256 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7259 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7261 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7262 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7263 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7264 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7265 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7266 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7268 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7269 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7270 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7271 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7272 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7275 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7276 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7277 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7279 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7280 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7287 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7288 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7289 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7292 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7297 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7298 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7300 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7304 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7307 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7308 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7311 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7312 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7316 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7317 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7319 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7320 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7322 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7323 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7326 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7328 if (info
->relocatable
)
7331 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7332 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7334 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7335 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7336 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7337 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7339 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7340 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7342 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7344 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7345 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7347 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7349 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7352 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7355 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7356 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7357 " stub section `%s'"),
7359 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7363 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7364 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7368 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7369 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7370 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7371 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7373 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7374 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7376 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7377 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7378 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7379 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7383 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7385 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7388 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7389 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7390 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7391 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7394 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7403 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7404 not need it. Since this function is called before
7405 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7406 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7408 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7412 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7414 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
7416 unsigned long symcount
;
7420 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7421 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7423 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7424 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7425 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7428 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
7431 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7432 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7434 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7435 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7436 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7437 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7441 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7443 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7444 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7446 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7447 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7448 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
7450 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7452 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7453 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7454 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7455 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7456 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7457 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
7459 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7463 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7465 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7468 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7470 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7471 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7474 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7477 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7480 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7481 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7482 " stub section `%s'"),
7484 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7488 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7489 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7493 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7494 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7495 that refers to this symbol. */
7496 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7498 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7499 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7501 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7502 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7503 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7504 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7508 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7510 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7513 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7514 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7515 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7516 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
7519 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7528 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7529 not need it. Since this function is called before
7530 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7531 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7533 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7537 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7539 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
7541 unsigned long symcount
;
7545 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7546 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7548 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7549 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7550 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7553 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
7556 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7557 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7559 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7560 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7561 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7562 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7566 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7567 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7569 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7571 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7572 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
7574 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
7576 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7577 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7578 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7579 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7580 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7583 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7587 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7589 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7595 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
7597 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7598 unsigned int r_type
;
7599 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7600 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
7602 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7603 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7605 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
7607 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
7609 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7610 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7612 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7617 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7619 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7620 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
7621 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7624 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7625 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7626 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
7631 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7632 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7633 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7634 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7635 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7636 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7637 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7638 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7640 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7641 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
7642 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
7643 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7644 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
7645 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
7646 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
7647 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
7648 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7649 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7650 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7651 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7652 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7653 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7654 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7655 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7656 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
7657 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7659 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7660 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
7662 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
7664 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7665 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7666 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
7667 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7672 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7673 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7675 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
7681 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7682 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7683 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7685 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7686 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7687 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7688 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7689 against a read-only section. */
7692 && !htab
->is_vxworks
7693 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7694 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
7695 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
7696 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
7697 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7699 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
7701 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7704 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7705 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7706 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7707 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7708 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7710 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7711 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7712 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7715 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7716 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7717 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7718 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7719 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7721 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
7726 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7729 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= TRUE
;
7735 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
7736 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
7737 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
7738 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
7739 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
7741 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
7747 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
7748 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
7749 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
7750 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
7754 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
7758 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
7759 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
7760 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7761 relocations against the text segment. */
7762 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7765 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
7766 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
7767 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
7768 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
7770 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
7771 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
7772 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
7773 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
7774 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
7775 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
7776 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
7777 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
7778 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
7779 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
7784 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
7785 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
7786 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
7791 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
7792 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
7795 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7796 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
7797 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
7798 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7803 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7804 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7805 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7806 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7809 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
7810 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
7811 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
7812 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
7816 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
7817 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
7818 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
7824 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7825 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7826 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
7827 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
7830 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
7831 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7833 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
7834 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
7835 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
7836 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
7841 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
7843 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7844 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7845 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
7846 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7847 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7848 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
7850 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
7851 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
7852 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
7854 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
7856 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
7858 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
7859 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
7861 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7862 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
7865 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7868 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7869 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
7875 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7876 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7877 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
7882 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7883 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7884 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7886 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
7889 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7890 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
7891 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7892 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
7894 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7900 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
7901 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
7902 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
7903 for TLS GD relocations. */
7906 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
7912 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
7922 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7923 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
7924 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
7925 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
7929 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
7933 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
7935 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
7936 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
7937 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
7938 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
7939 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
7940 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7941 relocations against the text segment. */
7942 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7946 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
7948 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
7949 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
7950 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
7951 it will be left as zero.
7953 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
7954 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
7956 For an executable, we only need to copy this
7957 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
7959 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7960 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7961 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
7962 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
7963 are relocations against the text segment. */
7964 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7968 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7969 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
7970 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
7974 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
7975 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
7976 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
7977 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
7978 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
7979 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
7980 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
7981 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7982 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
7983 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
7986 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
7987 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
7988 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7989 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
7993 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
7994 used. Record for later use during GC. */
7995 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7996 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
7998 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8006 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8007 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8008 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8009 a normal .got entry. */
8010 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
8014 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8016 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8018 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8019 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8021 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8022 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8023 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8024 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8028 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8029 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8030 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8031 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8033 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8034 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8036 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8038 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8039 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8042 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8043 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8044 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8045 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8046 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8054 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8055 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8056 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8057 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8058 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8059 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8060 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8063 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8064 and has a special meaning. */
8065 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8066 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8069 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8070 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8077 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8078 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8079 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8080 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8082 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8083 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8095 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8096 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8099 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8100 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8101 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8102 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8104 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8105 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8106 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8108 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8111 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8114 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8115 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8116 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8119 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8120 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8121 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8122 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8124 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8127 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8128 unsigned int r_type
;
8129 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8131 unsigned long instruction
;
8133 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8134 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8135 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8136 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8137 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8140 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8141 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8142 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8144 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8145 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8146 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8148 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8149 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8150 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8152 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8154 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8155 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8156 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8157 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8158 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8161 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8162 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8163 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8164 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8165 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8167 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8171 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8173 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8174 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8176 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8177 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8178 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8179 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8181 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8185 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8186 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8188 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8189 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8190 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8191 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8194 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8195 symval
= isym
->st_value
8196 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8197 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8200 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8202 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8203 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8205 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8206 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8211 /* Check that it's in range. */
8212 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8215 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8216 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8219 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8221 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8222 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8223 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8224 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8225 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8226 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8230 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8231 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8232 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8235 if (contents
!= NULL
8236 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8238 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8242 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8243 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8249 if (contents
!= NULL
8250 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8255 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8258 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8260 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8262 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8263 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8265 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8266 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8268 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8269 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8271 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8272 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8273 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8276 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8277 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8278 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8281 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8282 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8283 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8284 if (! info
->relocatable
8285 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8286 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8287 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8290 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8292 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8294 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8295 non-default visibility. */
8296 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8299 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8301 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8303 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8310 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8311 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8312 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8313 relocations against it.
8315 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8316 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8318 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8320 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8321 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8322 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8325 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8326 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8327 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8328 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8329 against the text segment. */
8330 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8337 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8338 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8339 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8340 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8344 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8345 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8348 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8349 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8351 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8352 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8354 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8355 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8357 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8358 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8360 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8363 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8365 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8367 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8368 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8369 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8370 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8371 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8373 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8374 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8375 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8377 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8380 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8381 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8382 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8383 executable and the shared library. */
8384 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8386 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
8387 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8391 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8392 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8394 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8395 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8396 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8397 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8398 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8399 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8400 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8401 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8402 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
8403 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8404 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8405 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8406 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8408 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8410 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
8412 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
8414 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8415 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8416 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8417 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8418 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
8419 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
8422 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8423 for the same reason as above. */
8424 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
8425 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
8428 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
8430 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8432 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8434 += get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
;
8436 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8437 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8438 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8439 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8442 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8443 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
8444 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
8446 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8447 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8448 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
8450 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
8451 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8452 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8453 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8454 function address. */
8455 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8456 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
8459 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8461 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
);
8462 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
8463 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
8464 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
8466 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8467 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8468 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8470 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8471 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8472 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8477 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8478 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8479 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8480 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
8482 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8483 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
8484 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8485 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8489 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8490 in regular objects. */
8494 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8495 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8496 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
8499 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8500 some that we can't convert. */
8501 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
8503 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8504 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8505 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8506 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8510 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8511 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8512 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8513 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8514 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8515 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8516 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8517 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8518 same memory location for the variable. */
8520 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8522 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8523 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8525 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8529 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8530 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8531 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8533 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
8536 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8537 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8538 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8541 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8542 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8545 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8546 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
8548 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8549 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8551 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8552 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
8554 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8557 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
8559 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8560 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
8567 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8570 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8574 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8575 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
8576 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
8578 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
8579 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8581 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8582 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8588 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8591 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8592 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8593 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== 0);
8594 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8595 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
8597 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
8598 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8599 g
->assigned_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8601 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
8602 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
8603 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
8605 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8606 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8608 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
8610 asection
*subsection
;
8612 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
8614 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
8616 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
8618 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
8619 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
8623 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8624 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8625 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8626 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8629 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8630 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8631 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
8633 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8635 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
8636 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
8638 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
8640 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8641 the target symbol. Count the number of GOT entries and TLS relocs. */
8642 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
8645 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8646 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8647 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8649 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8650 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8652 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
8654 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
8659 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
8660 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
8661 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
8662 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
8663 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
8664 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
8666 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8667 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
8670 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8671 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
8674 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
8675 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
8677 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8678 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
8679 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8681 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8683 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
8689 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8692 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8694 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8695 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
8697 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8698 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8700 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
8703 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8704 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
8705 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8707 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
8708 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
8709 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
8711 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8712 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
8714 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
8715 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
8716 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
8717 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
8719 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
8722 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
8723 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
8724 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
8727 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void **data
)
8729 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8731 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) data
;
8732 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
8734 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
8735 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
8736 h
->root
.plt
.offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
8737 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
8742 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
8743 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
8746 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8748 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8750 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8751 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8753 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
8756 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
8757 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, htab
);
8758 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
8759 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
8760 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
8763 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
8766 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8767 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8770 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
8771 bfd_boolean reltext
;
8772 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8774 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8775 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8776 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8777 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
8779 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8781 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
8782 if (info
->executable
)
8784 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
8785 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8787 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
8789 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
8792 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
8793 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0 && htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
8795 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8797 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
8799 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
8800 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
8801 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
8808 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8809 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
8811 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
8813 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
8816 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
8818 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
8819 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
8822 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8826 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
8827 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
8828 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
8830 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
8833 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
8837 const char *outname
;
8840 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
8841 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
8842 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
8843 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
8844 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
8846 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
8848 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
8850 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
8851 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8852 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
8855 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
8856 to copy relocs into the output file. */
8857 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
8860 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
8861 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
8862 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
8863 will move them around between input sections'
8864 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
8865 broken, so don't let it run. */
8866 info
->combreloc
= 0;
8869 else if (! info
->shared
8870 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8871 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
8873 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
8874 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
8875 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8877 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
8878 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
8879 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
8880 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
8882 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
8883 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
8884 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
8885 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
8886 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
8889 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
8891 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
8892 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
8893 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
8895 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
8901 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8905 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
8908 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
8909 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
8910 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
8912 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8917 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8919 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
8920 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
8921 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
8922 the .dynamic section. */
8924 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
8925 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
8926 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
8927 may only look at the first one they see. */
8929 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
8932 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
8933 used by the debugger. */
8934 if (info
->executable
8935 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
8936 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
8939 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
8940 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8942 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
8944 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
8947 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
8948 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
8949 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
8950 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
8951 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
8954 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
8957 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8958 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8960 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
8961 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
8962 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
8964 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
8967 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
8970 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
8976 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
8978 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
8981 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
8984 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
8988 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
8991 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
8994 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
8997 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9000 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9003 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9006 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9009 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9010 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9013 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9014 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9015 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9016 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9019 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9021 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9024 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9027 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9030 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9033 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9034 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9041 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9042 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9043 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9044 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9047 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9048 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9049 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9051 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9052 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9055 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9057 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9058 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9059 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9060 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9062 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9063 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9066 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9067 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9069 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9070 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9072 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9073 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9076 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9077 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9078 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9082 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9083 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9084 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9085 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9086 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9087 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9088 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9089 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9090 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9091 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9092 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9094 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9095 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9096 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9099 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9100 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9101 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9102 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9103 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9104 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9105 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9108 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9109 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9110 unsigned int r_type
;
9113 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9115 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9116 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9118 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9124 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9125 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9126 howto
, i
, contents
);
9131 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9134 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9135 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9136 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9137 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9138 asection
**local_sections
)
9140 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9141 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
9143 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9144 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9146 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9147 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9148 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
9152 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9153 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
;
9154 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9156 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
9157 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9159 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9161 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9162 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9163 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
9165 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
9166 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9168 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9169 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9171 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9172 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9173 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9175 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9180 unsigned long extsymoff
;
9183 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9184 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9185 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9186 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9187 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9188 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9191 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9192 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9193 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9196 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9198 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9199 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
9200 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
9204 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
9206 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9207 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9208 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9209 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9210 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9211 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9212 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
9214 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9216 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9220 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
9222 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9223 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9224 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9226 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9229 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
9230 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
9232 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9233 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9234 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
9237 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
9241 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9243 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9244 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
9246 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9247 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9248 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
9253 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
9256 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9257 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9258 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
9261 if (info
->relocatable
)
9263 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
9264 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9267 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
9269 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9270 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
9271 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
9272 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
9273 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
9274 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
9275 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
9277 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
9279 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9280 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9281 source of the addend in the final link. */
9282 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
9284 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9285 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9286 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9287 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9288 but for endianness. */
9294 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9296 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9303 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9304 do two separate stores. */
9305 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9307 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9309 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9315 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9317 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9318 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9319 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9320 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9324 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
9325 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9330 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9334 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9335 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9336 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9338 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
9339 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
9340 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
9341 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
9343 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9345 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9346 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
9347 input_section
, info
, rel
,
9348 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
9349 local_sections
, &value
,
9350 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
9351 use_saved_addend_p
))
9353 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
9354 /* There's nothing to do. */
9357 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9358 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9359 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9360 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9361 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9364 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
9365 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9366 info
->callbacks
->warning
9367 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9370 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9371 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9372 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9373 a given location. */
9377 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9379 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9380 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9381 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9382 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
9383 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
9384 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
9386 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9387 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9389 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
9390 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
9392 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9393 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
9394 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
9402 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
9403 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
9405 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9406 info
->callbacks
->warning
9407 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9417 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9418 until we reach the last one. */
9419 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9425 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9426 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9427 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9428 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9429 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9430 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9431 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9432 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9438 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9440 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9447 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9448 do two separate stores. */
9449 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9451 /* Undo what we did above. */
9453 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9455 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9461 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9463 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9464 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9465 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9466 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9470 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9471 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
9472 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9473 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
9480 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9481 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9484 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
9486 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
9487 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9488 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
9491 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
9493 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
9494 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
9495 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
9496 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9498 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9499 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
9503 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
9512 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9513 offset
= stub
->offset
;
9515 /* Work out the target address. */
9516 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
9517 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9519 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9520 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
9522 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
9524 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9525 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9526 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
9528 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
9530 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9531 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
9533 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9534 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
9539 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9540 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
9545 /* This is trampoline. */
9547 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
9549 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9550 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
9551 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9552 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
9553 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9554 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9555 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9559 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9560 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
9561 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9562 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9568 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9569 adjust it appropriately now. */
9572 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9573 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9575 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9576 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9577 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
9580 "__dso_displacement",
9582 "__program_header_table",
9586 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
9594 const char* const *p
;
9597 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
9598 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
9601 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
9603 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9605 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9606 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9608 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9610 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
9612 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9618 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9619 dynamic sections here. */
9622 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9623 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9624 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9625 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9629 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
9632 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9633 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9635 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9636 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9637 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9638 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9640 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
9642 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
&& hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9644 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9646 bfd_vma header_address
, plt_index
, got_address
;
9647 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
9648 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9650 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9651 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9652 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
9653 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
9654 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
9656 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9657 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
9658 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
9660 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9661 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
9662 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
9664 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9665 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9666 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
9667 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9668 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9669 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
9671 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9672 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
9673 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9674 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9675 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9677 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9679 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9680 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
9682 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9683 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
9685 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9686 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
9687 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
9688 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
, loc
+ 4);
9690 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
9692 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
9693 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
9697 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
9698 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
9701 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9702 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
9703 plt_index
, h
->dynindx
,
9704 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
9706 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9707 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
9708 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
9709 binary where pointer equality matters. */
9710 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9711 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9712 sym
->st_other
= STO_MIPS_PLT
;
9716 else if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9718 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
9719 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
9721 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
9723 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9725 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
9726 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
9728 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
9729 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
9731 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
9734 /* Fill the stub. */
9736 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
9738 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
9740 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
9742 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
9746 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
9749 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
9750 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
9751 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
9752 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
9753 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
9754 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
9756 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
9759 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
9760 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
,
9761 stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
9763 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
9764 only for the referenced symbol. */
9765 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9767 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
9768 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
9769 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
9770 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
9771 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
9775 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
9776 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
9778 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
9780 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
9781 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
9782 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
9783 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
9784 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
9787 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
9788 || h
->forced_local
);
9792 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
9794 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
9795 the symbols that need them. */
9796 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
9801 value
= sym
->st_value
;
9802 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
9803 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
9806 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
9808 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
9814 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
9817 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
9819 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
9822 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
9826 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
9828 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
9830 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
9831 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
9833 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
9834 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
9835 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
9836 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
9837 appropriate addend. */
9838 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
9840 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
9841 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9842 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
9844 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
9845 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
9848 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
9849 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
9850 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
9854 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
9855 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
9860 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
9861 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9862 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
9863 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
9864 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9865 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
9866 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
9868 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9869 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9872 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9874 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9875 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9876 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
9878 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
9880 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
9881 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
9883 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9884 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9886 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9888 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
9890 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9891 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9892 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
9893 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9895 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
9897 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
9898 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
9899 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9900 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9904 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
9910 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9911 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9913 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9914 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
9915 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
9916 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
9917 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
9918 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
9921 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
9922 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
9923 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
9925 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
9926 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
9927 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
9929 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
9930 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
9936 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
9939 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9940 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9941 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9942 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9946 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9947 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9948 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9950 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9951 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9952 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9953 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9955 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9958 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
9959 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
9960 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9962 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9963 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
9964 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
9966 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
9967 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
9968 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
9971 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9972 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
9973 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
9975 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9976 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9977 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
9980 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
9981 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9982 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
9984 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
9985 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
9986 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
9988 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
9989 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
9990 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
9992 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9993 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
9997 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
9998 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
9999 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10003 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
10005 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
10006 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10007 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10009 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10010 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10011 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
10012 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
10013 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10014 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10015 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10016 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10018 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
10019 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10021 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10022 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10023 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10024 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
10025 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10027 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10028 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10029 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
10030 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10031 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
10032 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10034 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10035 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10037 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10038 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10041 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10042 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10043 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10044 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
10046 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10048 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10049 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10052 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
10055 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10056 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10058 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10059 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10062 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
10066 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10067 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10068 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10070 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10071 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10072 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10073 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
10074 + sgot
->output_offset
10076 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10077 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
10078 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
10081 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10084 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10086 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10088 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10089 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10090 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10091 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
10093 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
10094 htab
->srelbss
->contents
10095 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
10096 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
10097 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
10100 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10101 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
10102 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
10107 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10110 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10113 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
10114 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10115 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10117 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10118 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10120 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10121 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
10122 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
10123 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10125 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10127 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10128 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10129 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
10130 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10131 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
10133 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10134 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10135 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10136 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10138 /* Install the PLT header. */
10139 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10140 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
10141 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10142 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
10143 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10144 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10145 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10146 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10147 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10150 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10151 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10154 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10156 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10158 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
10159 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10160 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10162 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10163 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10165 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
10167 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10168 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10169 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10170 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10172 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10173 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
10175 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10176 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
10178 /* Install the PLT header. */
10179 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10180 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
10181 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10182 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
10183 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10184 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10185 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10187 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10188 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10189 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
10190 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10192 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10193 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10195 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10196 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10197 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
10198 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10199 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10200 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10202 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10203 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10204 in which symbols were output. */
10205 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10207 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10209 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10210 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10211 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10212 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10214 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10215 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10216 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10217 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10219 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10220 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10221 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10222 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10226 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10229 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10232 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10234 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10235 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10237 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10238 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
10239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
10240 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
10243 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10246 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10247 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10252 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
10253 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10255 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10256 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10258 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10260 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
10263 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
10265 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10268 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
10270 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10271 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
10273 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
10274 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10276 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10277 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10278 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10280 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10284 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10286 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10287 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10289 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10295 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
10299 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10300 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
10304 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10306 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
10311 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10314 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
10316 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10319 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
10320 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
10323 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
10324 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
10327 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
10331 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
10335 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
10337 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10340 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
10342 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10345 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
10346 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
10347 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10348 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
10351 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
10352 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
10355 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
10356 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10357 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10358 referenced within the same object. */
10359 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
10362 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
10363 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
10365 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
10368 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10369 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10370 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10372 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
10374 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10375 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
10376 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10378 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
10381 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
10382 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
10385 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
10387 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10388 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
10391 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10392 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10395 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10396 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
10397 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10401 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
10402 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
10403 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
10404 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
10408 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10409 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10411 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10415 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10416 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10417 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
10419 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
10423 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10424 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10428 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10429 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
10430 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
10434 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10435 the dynamic tag. */
10436 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10438 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10439 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10444 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10445 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10446 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10447 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
10449 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10453 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10454 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10455 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
10460 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
10461 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10462 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
10466 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
10471 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10472 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
10473 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
10476 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
10477 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
10479 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10481 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10482 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10483 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10484 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10485 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10486 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
10487 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
10489 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10490 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10491 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10493 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10497 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10498 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10499 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10500 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
10501 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10502 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10505 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
10506 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10509 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10510 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
10512 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10513 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10515 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10516 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
10518 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10520 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
10521 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
10523 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
10524 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10525 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10527 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10529 if (! info
->shared
)
10532 while (got_index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
10534 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
10535 = got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10536 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10537 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
10538 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10539 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
10541 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
10546 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10547 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10550 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10553 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10555 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10557 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10558 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10559 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10561 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10564 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10565 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10567 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10573 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10574 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10575 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10576 are trailing null entries. */
10577 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10578 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
10579 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10580 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
10581 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
10582 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10583 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10584 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
10589 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10594 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10601 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
10603 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10605 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10606 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
10610 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
10612 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
10613 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
10616 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
10617 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
10620 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10621 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
10623 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
10625 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
10626 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
10627 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
10628 htab
->function_stub_size
);
10633 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10634 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10635 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10636 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10637 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
10639 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10641 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
10643 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
10645 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10646 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10647 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
10648 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
10650 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10651 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
10652 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
10657 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
10659 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10662 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10664 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10668 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
10669 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10676 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10679 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
10683 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
10686 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
10687 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
10690 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
10691 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
10694 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
10695 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
10698 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
10699 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
10700 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
10701 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
10702 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
10705 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
10706 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
10709 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
10710 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
10713 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
10714 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
10717 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
10718 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
10721 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
10722 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
10725 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
10726 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
10729 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
10730 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
10733 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
10734 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
10737 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
10738 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
10741 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
10742 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
10743 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
10744 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
10745 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
10746 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
10747 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
10748 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
10751 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
10752 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
10755 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
10756 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
10759 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
10760 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
10763 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
10764 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
10767 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
10768 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
10771 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
10772 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
10773 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
10776 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
10777 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
10780 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
10781 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
10784 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
10785 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
10788 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
10789 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
10792 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
10793 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
10796 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
10797 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
10800 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
10801 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
10806 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
10807 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
10808 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
10811 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
10812 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10815 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
10819 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
10820 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
10821 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
10822 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
10823 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
10825 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
10826 info for each special section. */
10827 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
10828 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
10831 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
10833 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
10834 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
10835 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
10837 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10840 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
10841 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
10842 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
10843 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
10844 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
10845 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
10846 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
10847 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10850 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
10851 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
10852 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
10853 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
10854 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
10855 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
10856 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
10857 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
10858 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10861 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
10862 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
10864 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10865 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
10867 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10870 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
10871 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
10872 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
10873 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10874 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
10875 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
10876 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
10879 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
10880 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
10882 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
10884 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
10885 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10892 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
10896 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
10897 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10902 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
10903 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
10904 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
10907 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
10908 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
10909 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
10910 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
10913 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
10914 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
10915 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
10916 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
10919 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
10920 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
10921 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
10922 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
10928 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
10931 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
10932 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10935 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
10938 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
10940 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
10941 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
10943 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
10944 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
10949 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
10953 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
10955 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
10957 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
10958 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
10960 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
10961 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
10969 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
10970 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
10971 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
10973 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
10974 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
10975 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
10976 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
10978 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10980 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
10981 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
10986 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
10988 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
10990 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
10991 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
10994 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
10996 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
10997 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
10998 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
10999 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
11000 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
11001 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
11002 options_segment
->count
= 1;
11003 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
11004 *pm
= options_segment
;
11010 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
11012 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11013 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11014 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
11015 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
11016 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
11018 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11019 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
11024 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11028 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
11030 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
11035 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11040 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11043 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11044 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11045 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
11055 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11056 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11058 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
11060 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
11063 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
11065 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11066 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11067 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11068 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11069 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
11071 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
11072 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11075 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11076 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11077 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11078 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11079 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11080 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11081 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11082 PT_LOAD segment. */
11083 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11086 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
11088 static const char *sec_names
[] =
11090 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11094 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
11096 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
11098 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
11100 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
11101 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11108 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
11109 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
11114 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11115 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11117 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11120 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
11121 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11128 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11130 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11132 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11134 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
11143 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11144 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11146 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11147 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11148 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11149 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11150 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11152 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11153 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11154 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11155 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11156 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11159 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11160 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11162 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11163 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
11165 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
11166 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
11170 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
11174 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
11182 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11186 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11187 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11188 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
11189 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11190 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11192 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11195 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
11197 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
11198 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
11202 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
11205 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11208 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11209 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11210 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11211 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11214 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11215 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
11216 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
11217 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
11218 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11219 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11221 if (info
->relocatable
)
11224 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11225 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11226 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
11228 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
11229 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
11230 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
11232 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
11233 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
11235 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
11236 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
11237 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
11238 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
11239 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
11240 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
11241 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
11242 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
11243 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
11244 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
11245 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
11246 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
11247 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
11248 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
11249 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
11250 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
11251 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
11252 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11253 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11254 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11265 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11266 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11267 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11268 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11271 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11272 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
11273 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
11275 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
11277 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
11279 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
11280 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
11281 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11282 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11283 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
11284 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
11286 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
11289 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
11290 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
11291 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
11292 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
11293 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
11294 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
11296 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
11297 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
11299 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
11301 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
11302 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
11304 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
11306 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
11307 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
11309 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
11311 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
11312 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
11314 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
11315 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
11316 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
11317 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
11318 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
11319 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
11322 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11325 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11326 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11329 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11330 unsigned char *tdata
;
11333 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
11338 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
11340 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
11341 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
11344 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
11348 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
11349 info
->keep_memory
);
11356 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11357 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
11359 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
11361 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
11370 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
11371 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
11377 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
11378 free (cookie
->rels
);
11384 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
11386 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
11392 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11393 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11394 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
11396 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
11399 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
11402 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
11406 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
11407 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
11409 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
11411 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
11414 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
11417 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
11418 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
11422 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11423 from output by default for clarity. */
11426 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
11428 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
11431 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11432 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11434 struct mips_elf_find_line
11436 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
11437 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
11441 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
11442 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
11443 const char **filename_ptr
,
11444 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11445 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11449 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11450 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11454 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
11455 section
, symbols
, offset
,
11456 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11457 line_ptr
, NULL
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
11458 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
11461 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
11464 flagword origflags
;
11465 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
11466 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
11467 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
11469 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11470 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11471 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11472 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
11473 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
11474 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11476 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
11479 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
11482 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
11483 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
11485 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11488 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11492 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
11494 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11498 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11499 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
11500 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
11501 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
11503 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11506 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
11507 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
11508 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
11509 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
11510 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
11511 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
11512 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
11514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
11516 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11517 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11518 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11519 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11520 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11521 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11524 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
11525 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11528 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11532 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11535 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11537 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11538 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11543 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
11544 const char **filename_ptr
,
11545 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11546 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11549 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
11550 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
11551 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
11556 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11557 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11558 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11561 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
11562 const void *location
,
11563 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
11565 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
11569 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11571 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
11572 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11573 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11576 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
11579 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
11582 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
11585 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
11588 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
11592 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11593 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11596 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11598 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
11599 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
11601 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
11604 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11605 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
11606 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11609 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
11610 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
11613 if (reloc_size
< 0)
11616 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
11617 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
11620 /* read in the section */
11621 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
11622 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
11625 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
11629 if (reloc_count
< 0)
11632 if (reloc_count
> 0)
11637 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11640 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
11641 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
11642 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11643 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
11644 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
11648 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
11649 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11656 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11657 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11658 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11661 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11662 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11664 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
11666 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
11667 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
11669 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11671 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
11680 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
11682 char *error_message
= NULL
;
11683 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
11685 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11686 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11687 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11689 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11690 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11691 to the generic handling. */
11693 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
11694 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
11695 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
11696 input_section
, relocatable
,
11699 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
11701 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
11706 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
11708 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
11709 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
11713 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
11717 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
11718 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
11719 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
11720 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
11723 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
11724 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
11725 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
11726 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
11727 (*parent
)->address
)))
11730 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11731 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
11733 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
11734 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
11735 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
11738 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11747 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
11748 free (reloc_vector
);
11752 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
11753 free (reloc_vector
);
11758 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
11759 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
11761 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11762 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
11763 bfd_byte
*contents
;
11764 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
11765 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
11766 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
11767 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
11768 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
11769 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
11770 unsigned int symcount
;
11772 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
11773 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
11775 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
11776 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
11778 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
11779 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
11780 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
11781 sec
->size
-= count
;
11783 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
11784 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
11786 /* Get the new reloc address. */
11787 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
11788 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
11791 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
11792 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
11794 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
11795 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11796 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
11797 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
11798 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
11799 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
11801 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
11802 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
11803 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
11804 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11805 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
11807 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
11809 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
11811 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11812 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11813 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
11815 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
11817 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
11818 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
11820 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
11828 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
11829 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
11831 struct opcode_descriptor
{
11832 unsigned long match
;
11833 unsigned long mask
;
11836 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
11840 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
11842 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
11843 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
11845 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
11847 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
11848 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
11851 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
11853 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
11854 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
11855 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
11856 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11859 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
11860 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
11862 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
11863 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
11865 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
11866 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
11868 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
11869 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
11871 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
11872 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
11874 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
11875 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
11878 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
11880 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
11881 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
11882 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
11884 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
11886 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
11887 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
11888 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
11889 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11892 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
11893 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
11894 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
11895 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11898 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
11899 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
11900 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
11901 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11904 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
11905 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
11906 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
11907 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11910 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
11912 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
11913 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
11914 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
11917 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
11919 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
11920 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
11922 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
11923 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
11925 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
11926 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
11928 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
11929 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
11931 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
11932 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
11934 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
11936 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
11937 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
11939 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
11940 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
11942 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
11943 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
11944 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
11945 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11948 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
11950 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
11951 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
11953 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
11954 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
11955 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11959 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
11961 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
11962 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
11964 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
11965 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
11967 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
11968 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
11970 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
11972 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
11974 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
11975 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
11977 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
11978 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
11979 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
11980 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11984 /* LUI instruction. */
11986 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
11987 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
11990 /* ADDIU instruction. */
11992 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
11993 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
11995 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
11996 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
11998 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
11999 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12002 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12004 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12005 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12006 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12007 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12009 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12010 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12012 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
12013 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12014 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12015 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12018 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
12019 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12022 /* NOP instructions. */
12024 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
12025 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12027 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
12028 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12031 /* Instruction match support. */
12033 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12036 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
12038 unsigned long indx
;
12040 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
12041 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
12048 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12050 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12051 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12052 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12053 the second half of another instruction. */
12056 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12058 unsigned long opcode
;
12061 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12062 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
12063 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12065 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
12066 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
12067 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12070 /* No delay slot. */
12076 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12077 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12078 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12079 the second half of another instruction. */
12082 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12084 unsigned long opcode
;
12087 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12088 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
12089 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12091 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
12092 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12095 /* No delay slot. */
12101 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12102 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12105 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12107 unsigned long opcode
;
12109 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12110 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
12112 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
12114 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
12115 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12116 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
12118 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
12124 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12125 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12128 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12130 unsigned long opcode
;
12132 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12133 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
12135 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
12136 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12137 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
12139 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
12140 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12141 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
12142 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12143 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
12144 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
12145 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12146 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
12152 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12153 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12154 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12157 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
12158 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
12159 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
12161 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
12162 unsigned long opcode
;
12164 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12165 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
12168 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12169 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
12170 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
12176 /* Bitsize checking. */
12177 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12178 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12179 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12183 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
12184 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12185 bfd_boolean
*again
)
12187 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12188 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12189 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12190 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
12191 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
12193 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12196 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12197 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12200 if (link_info
->relocatable
12201 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
12202 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
12203 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
12206 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12208 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12209 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12210 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
12211 link_info
->keep_memory
));
12212 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12215 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12216 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12217 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12219 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
12220 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
12221 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
12222 unsigned long opcode
;
12228 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12229 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12233 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12235 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12236 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12237 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
12240 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12241 if (contents
== NULL
)
12243 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12244 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
12245 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12246 /* Go get them off disk. */
12247 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
12250 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
12252 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12253 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
12255 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12256 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
12257 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12258 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
12260 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
12264 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12265 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
12267 /* A local symbol. */
12268 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12271 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
12272 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
12273 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
12274 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
12275 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12276 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
12277 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
12279 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12280 symval
= (isym
->st_value
12281 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
12282 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
12283 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
12287 unsigned long indx
;
12288 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12290 /* An external symbol. */
12291 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12292 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
12293 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
12295 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12296 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12297 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12298 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12299 regular reloc processing. */
12302 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
12303 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
12304 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
12305 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
12306 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
12310 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12311 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12312 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12313 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12314 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12315 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12316 the linker is run. */
12318 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12319 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
12322 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12324 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12325 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12327 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
12330 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12331 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12332 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12334 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12336 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12337 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12338 out the offset). */
12339 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
12341 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
12342 unsigned long nextopc
;
12346 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12348 if (irel
> internal_relocs
12349 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12350 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
12353 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12354 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
12355 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12356 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
12359 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12360 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
12361 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12362 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
12365 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12366 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12367 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12368 it through if so. */
12369 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
12370 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
12371 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
12372 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
12373 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
12374 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
12376 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
12378 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
12381 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
12383 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12384 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12385 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12386 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12387 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
12388 switch (offset
- 4)
12393 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
12397 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
12404 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12406 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12408 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
12411 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12412 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12413 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12415 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12416 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
12418 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12419 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
12421 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12422 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12423 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12424 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
12425 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
12426 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12429 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12430 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12431 the PC-relative distance. */
12432 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
12433 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
12434 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
12435 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
12436 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
12438 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12439 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
12441 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12442 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
12443 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
12445 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
12446 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12449 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12453 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12454 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
12456 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12461 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12462 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12463 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12464 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12465 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12466 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
12467 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
12468 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
12469 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4), nop_insn_16
))
12473 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
12475 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12476 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
12477 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
12478 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12480 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
12482 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12483 irel->offset + 4. */
12488 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12489 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12490 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12491 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
12492 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
12494 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12495 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
12497 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12500 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12503 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12508 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12509 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12510 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12511 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
12512 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
12513 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
12514 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
12515 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
12519 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
12521 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12522 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
12524 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12526 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
12527 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
12528 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12531 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12536 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12537 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12538 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12539 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
12540 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
12542 unsigned long n32opc
;
12543 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
12545 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
12547 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
12549 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12550 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
12554 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
12556 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12558 (move_insn_16
.match
12559 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
12560 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
12565 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12566 instructions will be handled here later. */
12570 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12571 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12572 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
12574 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12582 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12583 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
12584 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12585 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
12587 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12588 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
12589 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
12592 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12593 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12598 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
12599 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
12601 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
12605 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12606 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
12610 if (contents
!= NULL
12611 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
12613 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
12617 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12618 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12622 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
12623 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12624 free (internal_relocs
);
12629 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
12630 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
12632 if (contents
!= NULL
12633 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
12635 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
12636 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12637 free (internal_relocs
);
12642 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12644 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
12645 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
12647 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
12648 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
12650 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12654 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
12655 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
12656 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
12663 return &ret
->root
.root
;
12666 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12668 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
12669 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
12671 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
12673 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
12676 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12678 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
12679 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
12680 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
12685 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
12686 and copy relocs. */
12689 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12691 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
12694 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
12695 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
12696 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
12699 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12702 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
12703 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
12704 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
12705 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
12706 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
12707 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
12708 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12709 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12710 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
12711 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
12716 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12718 static const char * const secname
[] =
12720 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
12721 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
12723 static const int sc
[] =
12725 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
12726 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
12729 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
12731 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
12732 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
12734 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
12737 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
12739 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
12741 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
12745 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
12746 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
12748 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12750 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12751 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
12752 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
12753 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
12754 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
12755 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
12756 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
12757 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
12758 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
12759 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
12760 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
12761 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
12763 else if (info
->relocatable
)
12765 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
12767 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
12768 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12770 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
12773 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
12774 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
12778 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
12779 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
12780 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
12784 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
12786 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
12788 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
12789 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
12790 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12792 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
12794 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
12796 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
12797 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
12798 the information together. */
12799 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12801 asection
*input_section
;
12803 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
12806 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
12808 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
12813 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12814 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
12816 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
12817 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
12820 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
12822 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
12823 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
12824 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
12825 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
12826 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
12828 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
12829 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
12830 finally written out. */
12832 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
12833 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
12834 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12837 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
12838 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
12840 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
12841 matters, but someday it might). */
12842 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
12847 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
12849 struct extsym_info einfo
;
12852 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
12853 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
12854 the information together. */
12855 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
12856 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
12857 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
12858 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
12859 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
12860 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
12861 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
12862 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
12863 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
12864 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
12865 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
12866 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
12867 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
12869 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
12871 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
12872 debug_info structure. */
12874 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
12875 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
12876 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
12877 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
12878 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
12880 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
12881 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
12882 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
12883 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
12885 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
12886 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
12890 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
12894 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
12895 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
12896 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
12897 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
12899 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
12901 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
12902 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
12905 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
12906 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
12909 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
12910 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
12911 secname
[i
], &esym
))
12915 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12917 asection
*input_section
;
12919 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
12920 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
12924 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
12926 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
12931 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12932 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
12934 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
12936 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
12937 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
12938 want to deal with it. */
12942 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
12943 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
12945 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
12947 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
12948 read in the debugging information and set up an
12949 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
12950 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
12954 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
12955 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
12956 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
12959 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
12960 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
12961 the linker global hash table and save the information
12962 for the output external symbols. */
12963 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
12964 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
12965 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
12966 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
12968 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
12969 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
12973 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12975 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
12976 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
12977 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
12978 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
12981 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
12982 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
12983 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12984 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
12989 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
12990 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
12991 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
12997 /* Free up the information we just read. */
12998 free (input_debug
.line
);
12999 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
13000 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
13001 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
13002 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
13003 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
13004 free (input_debug
.ss
);
13005 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
13006 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
13007 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
13008 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
13010 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13011 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13012 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13015 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
13017 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13018 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13019 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
13021 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
13022 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
13024 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
13027 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
13028 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
13032 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
13038 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13041 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
13043 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
13044 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13045 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
13049 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13050 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
13052 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13053 matters, but someday it might). */
13054 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13059 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
13061 const char *subname
;
13064 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
13067 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13068 information describing how the small data area would
13069 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13070 not used in executables files. */
13071 if (! info
->relocatable
)
13073 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13075 asection
*input_section
;
13077 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13079 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13084 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13086 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13087 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13088 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13091 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13092 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13093 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13095 /* Really remove the section. */
13096 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
13097 --abfd
->section_count
;
13102 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13103 uninitialized data. */
13104 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13105 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
13106 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13110 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13111 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13112 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
13113 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
13117 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13118 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13119 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13120 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13121 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13122 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13123 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
13125 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
13126 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
13128 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
13129 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13130 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
13133 /* Set up the first entry. */
13135 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13136 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
13139 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
13140 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
13142 /* Combine the input sections. */
13143 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13145 asection
*input_section
;
13147 bfd_size_type size
;
13148 unsigned long last
;
13149 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
13151 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13153 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13158 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13159 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13161 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13162 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13163 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13164 size
= input_section
->size
;
13166 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13168 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
13170 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
13171 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
13177 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13178 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
13179 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
13185 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
13187 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
13188 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
13191 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
13193 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
13194 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
13196 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
13202 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
13205 /* We need a new table entry. */
13206 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13207 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
13208 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
13214 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
13215 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
13217 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13218 value, since that will be implied by this new
13221 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
13223 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
13225 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
13226 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
13230 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
13231 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
13236 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
13239 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13240 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13241 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13244 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13246 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
13248 /* Swap out the table. */
13249 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13250 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13251 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
13257 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
13258 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
13261 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13262 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
13264 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13265 matters, but someday it might). */
13266 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13270 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13271 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
13274 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13276 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
13278 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
13280 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
13281 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
13285 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
13287 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
13288 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
13290 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
13293 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
13296 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
13298 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
13299 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
13300 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
13304 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
13306 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
13307 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
13308 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
13312 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
13314 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13315 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
13317 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
13318 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
13319 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
13327 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13329 struct mips_mach_extension
{
13330 unsigned long extension
, base
;
13334 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13335 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13337 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
13338 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13339 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
13340 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
13341 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13343 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13344 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13345 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13346 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13347 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13349 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13350 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
13352 /* R10000 extensions. */
13353 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13354 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13355 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13357 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13358 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13359 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13360 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13361 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13362 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
13363 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
13365 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13366 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13367 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13368 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13369 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13370 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13372 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13373 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13374 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13376 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13377 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13378 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13379 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13380 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13381 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13382 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13383 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13384 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13385 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13386 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13388 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13389 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
13391 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13392 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13393 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13395 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13396 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
13397 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
13401 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13404 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
13408 if (extension
== base
)
13411 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13412 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
13415 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13416 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
13419 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
13420 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
13422 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
13423 if (extension
== base
)
13431 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13434 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
13436 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
13437 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13438 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13439 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13440 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13441 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13442 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
13446 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13447 there are conflicting attributes. */
13449 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
13451 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
13452 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
13455 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
13456 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13457 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
13458 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
13460 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
13462 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13463 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
13465 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13467 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
13472 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13473 non-conflicting ones. */
13474 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13475 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13477 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
13478 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
13479 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
13480 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
13481 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13484 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13488 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13489 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mdouble-float", "-msingle-float");
13494 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13495 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13500 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13501 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13502 "-mdouble-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13507 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13508 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13509 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13510 "-mdouble-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13516 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13520 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13521 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msingle-float", "-mdouble-float");
13526 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13527 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13532 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13533 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13534 "-msingle-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13539 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13540 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13541 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13542 "-msingle-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13548 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13554 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13555 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msoft-float", "-mhard-float");
13560 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13561 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13562 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13563 "-msoft-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13569 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13573 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13574 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13575 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-mdouble-float");
13580 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13581 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13582 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-msingle-float");
13587 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13588 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13593 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13594 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13595 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13596 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13602 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13606 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13607 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13608 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13609 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mdouble-float");
13614 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13615 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13616 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13617 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msingle-float");
13622 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13623 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13624 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13625 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msoft-float");
13630 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13631 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13632 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13633 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13638 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13639 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13640 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13641 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
,
13642 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13649 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13650 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
13655 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13656 object file when linking. */
13659 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
13661 flagword old_flags
;
13662 flagword new_flags
;
13664 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
13667 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13668 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
13670 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13671 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13676 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
13679 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
13681 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13682 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13687 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
13690 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
13691 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
13692 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
13694 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
13696 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
13697 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
13698 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
13699 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
13701 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
13702 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
13703 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
13704 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
13706 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
13707 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
13714 /* Check flag compatibility. */
13716 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
13717 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
13719 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
13720 doesn't seem to matter. */
13721 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
13722 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
13724 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
13725 just be able to ignore this. */
13726 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
13727 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
13729 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
13730 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
13731 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
13733 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
13736 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
13737 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
13738 actually cause any incompatibility. */
13739 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13741 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
13742 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
13743 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
13744 not affect compatibility. */
13745 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
13746 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
13747 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
13749 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
13750 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
13751 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
13753 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
13757 if (null_input_bfd
)
13762 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
13763 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
13765 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13766 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
13771 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
13772 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
13773 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
13774 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
13776 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
13777 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
13779 /* Compare the ISAs. */
13780 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
13782 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13783 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
13787 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
13789 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
13790 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
13792 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
13793 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
13794 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
13795 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
13796 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
13797 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
13798 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
13800 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
13801 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
13802 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
13803 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
13804 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
13805 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
13809 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
13810 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13811 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
13813 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
13814 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
13819 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
13820 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
13822 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
13823 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
13824 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
13825 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
13826 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
13828 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
13829 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
13830 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
13831 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
13833 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13834 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
13836 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
13837 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
13840 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
13841 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
13844 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
13845 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
13846 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
13848 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
13849 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
13850 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
13851 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
13852 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
13853 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
13855 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
13857 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13858 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
13860 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
13861 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
13865 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
13867 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
13868 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
13871 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
13872 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
13874 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13875 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
13876 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
13877 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
13883 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13890 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
13893 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
13895 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
13896 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
13898 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
13899 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
13904 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
13908 default: return "";
13909 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
13910 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
13911 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
13912 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
13913 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
13914 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
13915 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
13916 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
13917 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
13918 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
13919 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
13920 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
13922 return "MIPS_MSYM";
13923 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
13924 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
13925 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
13926 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
13927 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
13928 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
13929 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
13930 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
13931 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
13932 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
13933 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
13934 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
13935 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
13936 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
13937 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
13938 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
13939 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
13940 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
13941 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
13942 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
13943 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
13944 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
13945 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
13946 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
13947 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
13948 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
13949 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
13950 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
13951 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
13952 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
13953 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
13954 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
13955 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
13956 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
13957 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
13958 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
13959 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
13960 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
13961 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
13962 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
13963 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
13964 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
13965 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
13966 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
13967 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
13968 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
13969 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
13970 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
13971 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
13972 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
13973 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
13974 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
13975 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
13976 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
13977 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
13978 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
13979 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
13980 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
13981 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
13982 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
13983 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
13984 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
13985 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
13986 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
13987 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
13988 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
13989 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
13990 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
13991 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
13992 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
13993 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
13994 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
13995 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
13996 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
13997 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
13998 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14003 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
14007 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
14009 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14010 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
14012 /* xgettext:c-format */
14013 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
14015 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
14016 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14017 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
14018 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14019 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
14020 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14021 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
14022 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14023 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14024 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14025 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
14026 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14027 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
14028 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
14030 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
14032 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
14033 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
14034 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
14035 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
14036 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
14037 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
14038 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
14039 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
14040 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
14041 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
14042 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
14043 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
14044 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
14045 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
14046 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
14047 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
14048 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
14049 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
14051 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14053 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14054 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
14056 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14057 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
14059 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14060 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
14062 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
14063 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
14065 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14067 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
14068 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
14070 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
14071 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
14073 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
14074 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
14076 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
14077 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
14079 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
14080 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
14082 fputc ('\n', file
);
14087 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
14089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
14092 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14093 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
14095 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14098 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14099 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14100 definiton of the symbol. */
14102 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
14103 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
14104 bfd_boolean definition
,
14105 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14107 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14109 unsigned char other
;
14111 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
14112 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14113 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
14117 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
14118 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
14121 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14122 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14124 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
14126 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
14130 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14132 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
14133 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14134 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
14137 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14138 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14141 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
14142 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14145 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
14146 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
14150 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
14152 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14153 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
14155 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
14158 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
14159 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14161 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
14162 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;